blob: 8070e311746d21511dbddac539a8e3277089db84 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
42 }
43}
44
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000045static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000046 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000047 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
48}
49
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000050ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
51
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000052static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000053 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000054 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
55 if (!RD)
56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000057 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000058}
59
60static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000061 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000062 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
63 if (!RT)
64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000065 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
66}
67
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000068/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
69/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
70static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
71 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
72 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
73 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
74 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
75 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
76 }
77 }
78 return Ty;
79}
80
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000081CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
82 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000083}
84
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000085ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
86 return CGT.getContext();
87}
88
89llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
90 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
91}
92
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000093const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
94 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000095}
96
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000097const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
98 return CGT.getTarget();
99}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000100
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000101bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
102 return false;
103}
104
105bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
106 uint64_t Members) const {
107 return false;
108}
109
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000110void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000111 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000112 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000113 switch (TheKind) {
114 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000115 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000116 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000117 Ty->print(OS);
118 else
119 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000120 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000121 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000122 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000123 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000124 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000125 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000126 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000127 case InAlloca:
128 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
129 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000130 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000131 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000132 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000133 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000134 break;
135 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000136 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000137 break;
138 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000139 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000140}
141
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000142TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
143
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000144// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
145// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
146unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
147 // Verified for:
148 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
149 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
150 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
151 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000152 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000153 return 32;
154}
155
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000156bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
157 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000158 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
159 // x86_stdcall
160 // MIPS
161 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
162 return false;
163}
164
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000165void
166TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
167 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
168 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
169 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
170 // dynamic.
171 Opt = "-l";
172 Opt += Lib;
173}
174
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000175static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000176
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000177/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000178/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000179static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
180 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000181 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
182 return true;
183
184 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000185
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000186 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
187 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000188 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000189 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
190 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
191 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000192 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000193 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000194
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000195 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
196 if (!RT)
197 return false;
198
199 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
200 //
201 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
202 // current ABI.
203 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
204 return false;
205
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000206 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000207}
208
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000209/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000210/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
211/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000212static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000213 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000214 if (!RT)
215 return 0;
216 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
217 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
218 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000219
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000220 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000221 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000222 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
223 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000224 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000225
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000226 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
227 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000228 return false;
229 return true;
230}
231
232/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
233/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
234/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
235/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
236/// considered single element structs.
237///
238/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
239/// it exists.
240static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
241 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
242 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000244
245 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
246 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000247 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000248
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000249 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000250
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000251 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
252 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000253 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000254 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000255 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000256 continue;
257
258 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
259 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000260 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000261
262 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
263 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000264 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000265 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000266 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000267 }
268 }
269
270 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000271 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000272 QualType FT = FD->getType();
273
274 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000275 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000276 continue;
277
278 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
279 // struct.
280 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000281 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000282
283 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
284 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
285 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
286 break;
287 FT = AT->getElementType();
288 }
289
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000290 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000291 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
292 } else {
293 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
294 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000295 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000296 }
297 }
298
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000299 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
300 // padding beyond the element type.
301 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000302 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000303
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000304 return Found;
305}
306
307static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000308 // Treat complex types as the element type.
309 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
310 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
311
312 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
313 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
314 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000315 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000316 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000317 return false;
318
319 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
320 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
321}
322
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000323/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
324/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
325/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
326/// inhibiting optimizations.
327///
328// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
329// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
330// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
331// capable of handling it.
332static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
333 // We can only expand structure types.
334 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
335 if (!RT)
336 return false;
337
338 // We can only expand (C) structures.
339 //
340 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
341 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
342 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
343 return false;
344
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000345 uint64_t Size = 0;
346
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000347 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000348 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
349 return false;
350
351 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
352 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
353 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
354 if (FD->isBitField())
355 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000356
357 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000358 }
359
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000360 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
361 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
362 return false;
363
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000364 return true;
365}
366
367namespace {
368/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
369/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
370/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
371/// conform to any particular ABI.
372class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000373public:
374 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000375
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
377 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000378
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000379 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000380 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
381 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000382 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
383 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000384 }
385
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000386 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
387 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000388};
389
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000390class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
391public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000392 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
393 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000394};
395
396llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
397 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000398 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000399}
400
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000401ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000402 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000403 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000404
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000405 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
406 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
407 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000408
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000409 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
410 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000411}
412
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000413ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
414 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
415 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
416
417 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
418 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
419
420 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
421 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
422 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
423
424 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
425 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
426}
427
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000428//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
429// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000430//
431// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
432// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000433//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
434
435class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
436 public:
437 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
438
439 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000440 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000442 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
443 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
444 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445};
446
447class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
448 public:
449 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
450 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
451};
452
453void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000454 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
456
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000457 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
458 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
459}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000460
461llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
462 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000463 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000464}
465
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000466/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
467ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000468 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000469 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000470 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000471 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000472 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
473 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000474 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000475 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
476 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
477 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000478 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000479
480 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
481 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000482}
483
484ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
485 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
486 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
487
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000488 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000489 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
491
492 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
493 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
494 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
495
496 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
497 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
498}
499
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000500/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
501bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
502 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000503 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
504 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
505 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
506}
507
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000508static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000509 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000510 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000511 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
512 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
513 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000514 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000515 }
516
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000517 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000518 }
519
520 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000521 return Ty;
522}
523
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000524/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
525/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
526static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
527 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
528 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
529 return true;
530 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
531 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
532 // registers specially.
533 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
534 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
535 return true;
536 }
537 return false;
538}
539
540/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
541/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
542static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
543 return NumMembers <= 4;
544}
545
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000546//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
547// X86-32 ABI Implementation
548//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000549
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000550/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
551struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000552 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000553
554 unsigned CC;
555 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000556 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000557};
558
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000559/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
560class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000561 enum Class {
562 Integer,
563 Float
564 };
565
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000566 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
567
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000568 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
569 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000570 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000571 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000572
573 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
574 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
575 }
576
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000577 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
578 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
579 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
580 }
581
582 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
583 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
584 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
585 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
586 }
587
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000588 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000589
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000590 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
591 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000592 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
593
594 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000595
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000596 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000597 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000598
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000599 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000600 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000601 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
602 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000603
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000604 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
605 /// inalloca.
606 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
607
608 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
609 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
610 QualType Type) const;
611
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000612public:
613
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000614 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
615 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
616 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000617
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000618 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000619 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000620 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000621 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000622};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000623
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000624class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
625public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000626 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000627 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
628 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000629
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000630 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
631 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
632
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000633 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000634 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000635
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000636 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000637 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000638 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000639 return 4;
640 }
641
642 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000643 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000644
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000645 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000646 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000647 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000648 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
649 }
650
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000651 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
652 std::string &Constraints,
653 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
654 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
655 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
656 std::string &AsmString,
657 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
658
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000659 llvm::Constant *
660 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000661 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
662 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
663 ('F' << 16) |
664 ('T' << 24);
665 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
666 }
667
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000668};
669
670}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000672/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
673/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
674/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
675/// mov $0, $1
676/// mov eax, $1
677/// The result will be:
678/// mov $0, $2
679/// mov eax, $2
680static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
681 unsigned NumNewOuts,
682 std::string &AsmString) {
683 std::string Buf;
684 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
685 size_t Pos = 0;
686 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
687 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
688 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
689 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
690 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
691 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
692 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
693 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
694 Pos = DollarEnd;
695 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
696 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
697 // We have an operand reference.
698 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
699 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
700 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
701 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
702 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
703 unsigned OperandIndex;
704 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
705 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
706 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
707 OS << OperandIndex;
708 } else {
709 OS << OperandStr;
710 }
711 Pos = DigitEnd;
712 }
713 }
714 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
715}
716
717/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
718void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
719 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
720 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
721 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
722 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
723 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
724 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
725
726 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
727 // larger.
728 if (!Constraints.empty())
729 Constraints += ',';
730 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
731 Constraints += "={eax}";
732 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
733 } else {
734 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
735 Constraints += "=A";
736 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
737 }
738
739 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
740 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
741 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
742
743 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
744 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
745 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
746 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
747
748 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
749}
750
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000751/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
752/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000753bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
754 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000755 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
756
757 // Type must be register sized.
758 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
759 return false;
760
761 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
762 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
763 // registers.
764 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
765 return false;
766
767 return true;
768 }
769
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000770 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
771 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000772 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000773 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000774 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000775 return true;
776
777 // Arrays are treated like records.
778 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000779 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000780
781 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000782 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000783 if (!RT) return false;
784
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000785 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
786
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000787 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
788 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000789 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000790 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000791 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000792 continue;
793
794 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000795 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000796 return false;
797 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000798 return true;
799}
800
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000801ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
802 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
803 // integer register.
804 if (State.FreeRegs) {
805 --State.FreeRegs;
806 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
807 }
808 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
809}
810
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000811ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000812 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000813 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000814
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000815 const Type *Base = nullptr;
816 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
817 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
818 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
819 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
820 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
821 }
822
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000823 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000824 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000825 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000826 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000827
828 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
829 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
830 // backend will like.
831 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000832 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000833 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000834
835 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
836 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
837 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
838 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000839 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000840 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000841
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000842 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000843 }
844
845 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000846 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000847
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000848 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000849 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000850 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000851 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000852 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000853 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000854
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000855 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
856 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000857 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000858
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000859 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
860 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000861 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000862 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000863
864 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
865 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000866 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
867 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
868 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000869 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000870 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000871 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000872 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
873
874 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
875 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000876 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000877 }
878
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000879 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000880 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000881
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000882 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
883 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
884 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
885
886 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
887 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000888}
889
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000890static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
891 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
892}
893
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000894static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
895 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
896 if (!RT)
897 return 0;
898 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
899
900 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
901 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000902 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
903 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000904 return false;
905
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000906 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000907 QualType FT = i->getType();
908
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000909 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000910 return true;
911
912 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
913 return true;
914 }
915
916 return false;
917}
918
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000919unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
920 unsigned Align) const {
921 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
922 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000923 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000924 return 0; // Use default alignment.
925
926 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
927 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
928 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000929 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000930 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000931
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000932 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000933 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
934 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000935 return 16;
936
937 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000938}
939
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000941 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000942 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000943 if (State.FreeRegs) {
944 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000945 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
946 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000947 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000948 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000949
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000950 // Compute the byval alignment.
951 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
952 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
953 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000954 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000955
956 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
957 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000958 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
959 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000960}
961
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000962X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
963 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
964 if (!T)
965 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
966
967 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
968 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
969 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
970 return Float;
971 }
972 return Integer;
973}
974
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000975bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
976 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000977 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000978 Class C = classify(Ty);
979 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000980 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000981
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000982 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
983 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000984
985 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
986 return false;
987
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000988 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
989 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000990 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000991 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000992
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000993 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000994
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000995 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
996 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000997 if (Size > 32)
998 return false;
999
1000 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1001 return true;
1002
1003 if (Ty->isPointerType())
1004 return true;
1005
1006 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1007 return true;
1008
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001009 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001010 NeedsPadding = true;
1011
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001012 return false;
1013 }
1014
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001015 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001016}
1017
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001018ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1019 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001020 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001021
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001022 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1023
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001024 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1025 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1026 if (RT) {
1027 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1028 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1029 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1030 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1031 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1032 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1033 }
1034 }
1035
1036 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1037 // to other targets.
1038 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1039 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1040 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1041 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1042 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1043 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1044 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1045 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1046 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1047 }
1048 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1049 }
1050
1051 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1052 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001053 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001054 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001055 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001056
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001057 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001058 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001059 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001060 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001061
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001062 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001063 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001064 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1065
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001066 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1067 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1068 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001069 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001070 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001071 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001072 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1073 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1074 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001075 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001076
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001077 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1078 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1079 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1080 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001081 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1082 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001083 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001084 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1085 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1086 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001087
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001088 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001089 }
1090
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001091 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001092 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1093 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001094 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1095 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001096 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1097 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1098 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1099 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001100 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001101
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001102 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001104
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001105 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1106 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001107
1108
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001109 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1110 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001111
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001112 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001113 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001114
1115 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1116 if (InReg)
1117 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1118 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1119 }
1120 if (InReg)
1121 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001123}
1124
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001125void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001126 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1127 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1128 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001129 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1130 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1131 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1132 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001133 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001134 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001135 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001136
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001137 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001138 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001139 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1140 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1141 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1142 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1143 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1144 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1145 }
1146 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001147
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001148 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1149 if (FI.isChainCall())
1150 ++State.FreeRegs;
1151
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001152 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001153 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1154 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1155 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001156 }
1157
1158 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1159 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1160 if (UsedInAlloca)
1161 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1162}
1163
1164void
1165X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1166 unsigned &StackOffset,
1167 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001168 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1169 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1170 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1171 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1172
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001173 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
1174 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001175 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001176 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001177 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001178 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1179 assert(NumBytes);
1180 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1181 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1182 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1183 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001184}
1185
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001186static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1187 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1188 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1189 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1190 return true;
1191 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1192 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1193 return true;
1194 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1195 return false;
1196 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1197 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1198 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1199 if (Info.getInReg())
1200 return false;
1201 return true;
1202 }
1203 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1204}
1205
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001206void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1207 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1208
1209 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1210 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1211
1212 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001213 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1214
1215 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1216 bool IsThisCall =
1217 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1218 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1219 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1220 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1221 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1222 ++I;
1223 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001224
1225 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001226 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1227 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1228 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001229 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1230 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001231 }
1232
1233 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001234 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001235 ++I;
1236
1237 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1238 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001239 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1240 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001241 }
1242
1243 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1244 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001245}
1246
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001247llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1248 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001249 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001250
1251 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1252 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1253 "ap");
1254 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001255
1256 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1257 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1258 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1259 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1260 if (Align > 4) {
1261 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1262 llvm::Value *Offset =
1263 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1264 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1265 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1266 CGF.Int32Ty);
1267 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1268 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1269 Addr->getType(),
1270 "ap.cur.aligned");
1271 }
1272
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001273 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001274 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001275 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1276
1277 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001278 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001279 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001280 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001281 "ap.next");
1282 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1283
1284 return AddrTyped;
1285}
1286
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001287bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1288 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1289 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1290
1291 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1292 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1293 break;
1294 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1295 return false;
1296 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1297 return true;
1298 }
1299
1300 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1301 return true;
1302
1303 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001304 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1305 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1306 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1307 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001308 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001309 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001310 default:
1311 return false;
1312 }
1313}
1314
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001315void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1316 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1317 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1318 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1319 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1320 // Get the LLVM function.
1321 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1322
1323 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001324 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001325 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001326 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1327 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1328 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1329 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001330 }
1331 }
1332}
1333
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001334bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1335 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1336 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1337 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001338
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001339 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001340
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001341 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1342 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1343 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001344 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001345
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001346 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001347 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1348 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1349 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001350 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001351 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001352
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001353 } else {
1354 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1355 // reason.
1356 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1357
1358 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1359 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1360 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001361 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001362 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1363 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001364
1365 return false;
1366}
1367
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001368//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1369// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1370//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1371
1372
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001373namespace {
1374/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1375class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1376 enum Class {
1377 Integer = 0,
1378 SSE,
1379 SSEUp,
1380 X87,
1381 X87Up,
1382 ComplexX87,
1383 NoClass,
1384 Memory
1385 };
1386
1387 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1388 ///
1389 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1390 /// classification \arg Field.
1391 ///
1392 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1393 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1394 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1395 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001396 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001397
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001398 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1399 ///
1400 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1401 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1402 ///
1403 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1404 /// the classification process.
1405 ///
1406 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1407 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1408 ///
1409 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1410 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1411 ///
1412 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1413
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001414 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1415 /// given type T should be passed.
1416 ///
1417 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1418 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1419 ///
1420 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1421 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1422 ///
1423 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1424 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1425 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1426 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001427 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1428 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1429 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001430 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1431 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1432 /// will be Memory.
1433 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001434 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001435 ///
1436 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1437 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001438 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1439 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001440
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001441 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001442 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1443 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1444 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1445 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1446 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1447 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001448
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001449 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001450 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001451 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001452
1453 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001454 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001455 ///
1456 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1457 /// available.
1458 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001459
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001460 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001461
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001462 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001463 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001464 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001465 unsigned &neededSSE,
1466 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001467
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001468 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1469
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001470 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1471 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1472 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1473 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1474 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1475 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001476 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001477 }
1478
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001479 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001480 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1481 // 64-bit hardware.
1482 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001483
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001484public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001485 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001486 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001487 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001488 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001489
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001490 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1491 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001492 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001493 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1494 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001495 if (info.isDirect()) {
1496 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1497 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1498 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1499 }
1500 return false;
1501 }
1502
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001503 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001504
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001505 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1506 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001507};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001508
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001509/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001510class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1511
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001512 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1513 bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001514
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001515public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001516 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1517
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001518 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001519
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001520 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1521 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001522
1523 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1524 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1525 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1526 }
1527
1528 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1529 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1530 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1531 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1532 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001533};
1534
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001535class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001536 bool HasAVX;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001537public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001538 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001539 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001540
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001541 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1542 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1543 }
1544
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001545 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001546 return 7;
1547 }
1548
1549 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001550 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001551 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001552
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001553 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1554 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001555 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001556 return false;
1557 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001558
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001559 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001560 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001561 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001562 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1563 }
1564
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001565 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001566 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001567 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1568 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001569 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001570 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1571 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1572 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001573 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001574 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001575 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1576 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1577 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1578 HasAVXType = true;
1579 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001580 }
1581 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001582
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001583 if (!HasAVXType)
1584 return true;
1585 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001586
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001587 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001588 }
1589
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001590 llvm::Constant *
1591 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001592 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1593 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1594 ('F' << 16) |
1595 ('T' << 24);
1596 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1597 }
1598
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001599 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1600 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1601 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001602};
1603
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001604class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1605public:
1606 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1607 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
1608
1609 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1610 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
1611 Opt = "\01";
1612 Opt += Lib;
1613 }
1614};
1615
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001616static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001617 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1618 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1619 // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1620 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1621 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1622 ArgStr += Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001623 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001624 ArgStr += ".lib";
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001625 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001626 return ArgStr;
1627}
1628
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001629class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1630public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001631 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1632 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1633 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001634
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001635 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1636 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1637
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001638 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001639 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001640 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001641 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001642 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001643
1644 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1645 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001646 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001647 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001648 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001649};
1650
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001651static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1652 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1653 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
1654 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1655 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1656 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1657
1658 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
1659 }
1660 }
1661}
1662
1663void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1664 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1665 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1666 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1667
1668 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1669}
1670
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001671class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001672 bool HasAVX;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001673public:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001674 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1675 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001676
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001677 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1678 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1679
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001680 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001681 return 7;
1682 }
1683
1684 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001685 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001686 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001687
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001688 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1689 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001690 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001691 return false;
1692 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001693
1694 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001695 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001696 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001697 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001698 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001699
1700 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1701 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001702 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001703 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001704 }
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001705
1706 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1707 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1708 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001709};
1710
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001711void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1712 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1713 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1714 TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1715
1716 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1717}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001718}
1719
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001720void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1721 Class &Hi) const {
1722 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1723 //
1724 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1725 // memory.
1726 //
1727 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1728 // memory.
1729 //
1730 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1731 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1732 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1733 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1734 //
1735 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1736 //
1737 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1738 // only with unions; for example:
1739 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1740 //
1741 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1742 //
1743 if (Hi == Memory)
1744 Lo = Memory;
1745 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1746 Lo = Memory;
1747 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1748 Lo = Memory;
1749 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1750 Hi = SSE;
1751}
1752
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001753X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001754 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1755 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1756 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1757 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1758 //
1759 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1760 //
1761 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1762 // the other class.
1763 //
1764 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1765 // class.
1766 //
1767 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1768 // INTEGER.
1769 //
1770 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1771 // MEMORY is used as class.
1772 //
1773 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1774
1775 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1776 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1777 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1778 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1779 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1780 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001781 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001782 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001783 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001784 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001785 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001786 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001787 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1788 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001789 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001790 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001791}
1792
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001793void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001794 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001795 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1796 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1797 // situations.
1798
1799 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1800 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1801 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1802
1803 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1804
1805 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1806 Current = Memory;
1807
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001808 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001809 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1810
1811 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1812 Current = NoClass;
1813 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1814 Lo = Integer;
1815 Hi = Integer;
1816 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1817 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001818 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1819 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001820 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001821 Current = SSE;
1822 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1823 Lo = X87;
1824 Hi = X87Up;
1825 }
1826 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1827 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001828 return;
1829 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001830
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001831 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001832 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001833 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001834 return;
1835 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001836
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001837 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001838 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001839 return;
1840 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001841
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001842 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001843 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1844 if (Has64BitPointers) {
1845 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1846 // Lo and Hi now.
1847 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1848 } else {
1849 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1850 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1851 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1852 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1853 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1854 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1855 } else {
1856 Current = Integer;
1857 }
1858 }
1859 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001860 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001861 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001862 return;
1863 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001864
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001865 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001866 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001867 if (Size == 32) {
1868 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1869 // float> as integer.
1870 Current = Integer;
1871
1872 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1873 // split.
1874 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1875 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1876 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1877 Hi = Lo;
1878 } else if (Size == 64) {
1879 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1880 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1881 return;
1882
1883 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001884 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001885 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1886 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1887 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001888 Current = Integer;
1889 else
1890 Current = SSE;
1891
1892 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1893 // split.
1894 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1895 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001896 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001897 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1898 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1899 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1900 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1901 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1902 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1903 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001904 //
1905 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1906 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1907 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001908 Lo = SSE;
1909 Hi = SSEUp;
1910 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001911 return;
1912 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001913
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001914 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001915 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001916
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001917 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001918 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001919 if (Size <= 64)
1920 Current = Integer;
1921 else if (Size <= 128)
1922 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001923 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001924 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001925 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1926 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001927 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001928 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001929 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001930 Current = ComplexX87;
1931
1932 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1933 // should be split.
1934 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001935 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001936 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1937 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001938
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001939 return;
1940 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001941
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001942 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001943 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1944
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001945 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001946
1947 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001948 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1949 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001950 return;
1951
1952 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1953 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1954 //
1955 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001956 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001957 return;
1958
1959 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1960 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1961 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001962 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001963 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001964
1965 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1966 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1967 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1968 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1969 return;
1970
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001971 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1972 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001973 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001974 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1975 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1976 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1977 break;
1978 }
1979
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001980 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001981 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001982 return;
1983 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001984
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001985 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001986 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001987
1988 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001989 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1990 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001991 return;
1992
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001993 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1994 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1995 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001996 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001997 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001998
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001999 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2000
2001 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2002 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2003 return;
2004
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002005 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002006
2007 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2008 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002009
2010 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2011 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002012 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2013 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002014 "Unexpected base class!");
2015 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002016 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002017
2018 // Classify this field.
2019 //
2020 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2021 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2022 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2023 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002024 uint64_t Offset =
2025 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002026 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002027 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2028 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2029 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2030 break;
2031 }
2032 }
2033
2034 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002035 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00002036 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002037 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002038 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2039 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2040
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002041 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2042 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002043 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002044 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2045 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2046 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2047 //
2048 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2049 Lo = Memory;
2050 return;
2051 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002052 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002053 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002054 Lo = Memory;
2055 return;
2056 }
2057
2058 // Classify this field.
2059 //
2060 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2061 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2062 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2063 // NO_CLASS.
2064 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2065
2066 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2067 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2068 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2069 if (BitField) {
2070 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2071 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2072 continue;
2073
2074 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002075 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002076
2077 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2078 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002079
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002080 if (EB_Lo) {
2081 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2082 FieldLo = NoClass;
2083 FieldHi = Integer;
2084 } else {
2085 FieldLo = Integer;
2086 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2087 }
2088 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002089 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002090 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2091 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2092 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2093 break;
2094 }
2095
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002096 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002097 }
2098}
2099
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002100ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002101 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2102 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002103 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002104 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2105 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2106 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2107
2108 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2109 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2110 }
2111
2112 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2113}
2114
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002115bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2116 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2117 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
2118 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
2119 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2120 return true;
2121 }
2122
2123 return false;
2124}
2125
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002126ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2127 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002128 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2129 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002130 //
2131 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2132 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2133 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2134 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2135 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002136 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002137 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2138 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2139 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2140
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002141 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2142 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002143 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002144
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002145 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002146 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002147
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002148 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2149 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2150 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002151
2152 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2153 // is important for good codegen.
2154 //
2155 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2156 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2157 //
2158 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2159 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2160 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2161 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2162 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2163 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2164 // might be inreg.
2165 //
2166 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2167 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2168 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2169 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2170 //
2171 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2172 // attributes. See PR12193.
2173 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2174 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2175
2176 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2177 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2178 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2179 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2180 Size));
2181 }
2182
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002183 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002184}
2185
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002186/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2187/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002188llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002189 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2190 // vectors; strip them off if present.
2191 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2192 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002193
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002194 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002195
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00002196 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002197 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
2198 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002199 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00002200 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002201 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
2202 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2203 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
2204 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
2205 return VT;
2206 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002207
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002208 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2209}
2210
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002211/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2212/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2213/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2214/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2215/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2216///
2217/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2218static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2219 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2220 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2221 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2222 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2223 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2224 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2225 return true;
2226
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002227 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2228 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2229 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2230
2231 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2232 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2233 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2234 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2235 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002236
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002237 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2238 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2239 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2240 return false;
2241 }
2242 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2243 return true;
2244 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002245
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002246 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2247 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2248 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002249
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002250 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2251 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002252 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2253 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002254 "Unexpected base class!");
2255 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002256 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002257
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002258 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002259 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002260 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002261
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002262 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002263 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002264 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2265 return false;
2266 }
2267 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002268
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002269 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2270 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2271 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2272 // much.
2273 unsigned idx = 0;
2274 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2275 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2276 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002277
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002278 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2279 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2280
2281 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2282 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2283 Context))
2284 return false;
2285 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002286
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002287 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2288 // clean.
2289 return true;
2290 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002291
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002292 return false;
2293}
2294
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002295/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2296/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2297/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2298/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002299static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002300 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002301 // Base case if we find a float.
2302 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2303 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002304
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002305 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002306 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002307 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2308 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2309 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2310 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2311 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002312
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002313 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002314 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2315 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002316 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2317 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2318 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2319 }
2320
2321 return false;
2322}
2323
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002324
2325/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2326/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002327llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2328GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002329 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002330 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002331 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2332 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2333 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2334 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2335 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002336
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002337 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2338 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2339 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002340 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2341 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002342 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002343
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002344 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2345}
2346
2347
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002348/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2349/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2350/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2351/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002352/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2353/// etc).
2354///
2355/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2356/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2357/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2358///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002359/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002360/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2361///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002362llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2363GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002364 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002365 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2366 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2367 if (IROffset == 0) {
2368 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002369 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2370 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002371 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002372
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002373 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2374 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2375 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2376 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2377 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2378 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2379 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002380 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2381 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2382 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2383 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002384
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002385 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2386 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2387 return IRType;
2388 }
2389 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002390
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002391 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002392 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002393 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002394 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2395 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2396 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002397
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002398 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2399 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002400 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002401 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002402
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002403 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002404 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002405 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002406 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002407 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2408 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002409 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002410
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002411 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2412 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002413 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2414 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002415
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002416 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002417
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002418 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2419 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002420 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2421 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002422}
2423
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002424
2425/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2426/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2427/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2428/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2429/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002430static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002431GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002432 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002433 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2434 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2435 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2436 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2437 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2438 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
David Majnemered684072014-10-20 06:13:36 +00002439 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002440 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002441
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002442 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2443 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2444 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2445 // struct.
2446 if (HiStart != 8) {
2447 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2448 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2449 // Promote these to a larger type.
2450 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2451 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2452 else {
2453 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2454 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2455 }
2456 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002457
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002458 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002459
2460
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002461 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2462 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2463 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2464 return Result;
2465}
2466
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002467ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002468classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002469 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2470 // classification algorithm.
2471 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002472 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002473
2474 // Check some invariants.
2475 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002476 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2477
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002478 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002479 switch (Lo) {
2480 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002481 if (Hi == NoClass)
2482 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2483 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2484 // null.
2485 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2486 "Unknown missing lo part");
2487 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002488
2489 case SSEUp:
2490 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002491 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002492
2493 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2494 // hidden argument.
2495 case Memory:
2496 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2497
2498 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2499 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2500 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002501 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002502
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002503 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2504 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2505 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2506 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2507 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2508 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002509
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002510 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2511 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2512 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2513 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002514 break;
2515
2516 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2517 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2518 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002519 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002520 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002521
2522 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2523 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2524 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002525 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002526 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002527
2528 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2529 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2530 // %st1.
2531 case ComplexX87:
2532 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002533 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002534 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002535 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002536 break;
2537 }
2538
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002539 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002540 switch (Hi) {
2541 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2542 // never occur as a hi class.
2543 case Memory:
2544 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002545 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002546
2547 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002548 case NoClass:
2549 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002550
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002551 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002552 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002553 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2554 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002555 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002556 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002557 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002558 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2559 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002560 break;
2561
2562 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002563 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2564 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002565 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002566 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002567 case SSEUp:
2568 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002569 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002570 break;
2571
2572 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2573 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2574 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002575 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002576 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002577 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002578 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002579 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002580 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002581 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2582 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002583 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002584 break;
2585 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002586
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002587 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002588 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2589 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002590 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002591 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002592
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002593 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002594}
2595
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002596ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002597 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2598 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002599 const
2600{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002601 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2602
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002603 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002604 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002605
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002606 // Check some invariants.
2607 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2608 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002609 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2610
2611 neededInt = 0;
2612 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002613 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002614 switch (Lo) {
2615 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002616 if (Hi == NoClass)
2617 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2618 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2619 // null.
2620 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2621 "Unknown missing lo part");
2622 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002623
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002624 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2625 // on the stack.
2626 case Memory:
2627
2628 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2629 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2630 case X87:
2631 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002632 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002633 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002634 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002635
2636 case SSEUp:
2637 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002638 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002639
2640 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2641 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2642 // and %r9 is used.
2643 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002644 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002645
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002646 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002647 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002648
2649 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2650 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2651 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2652 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2653 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2654 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002655
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002656 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2657 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2658 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2659 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002660
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002661 break;
2662
2663 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2664 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2665 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002666 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002667 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002668 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002669 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002670 break;
2671 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002672 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002673
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002674 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002675 switch (Hi) {
2676 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002677 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002678 // which is passed in memory.
2679 case Memory:
2680 case X87:
2681 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002682 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002683
2684 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002685
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002686 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002687 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002688 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002689 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002690
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002691 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2692 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002693 break;
2694
2695 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2696 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2697 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002698 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002699 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002700
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002701 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2702 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002703
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002704 ++neededSSE;
2705 break;
2706
2707 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2708 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002709 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002710 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002711 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002712 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002713 break;
2714 }
2715
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002716 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2717 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2718 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2719 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002720 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002721
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002723}
2724
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002725void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002726
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002727 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2728 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002729
2730 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002731 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002732
2733 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2734 // integer register.
2735 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2736 --freeIntRegs;
2737
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00002738 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2739 if (FI.isChainCall())
2740 ++freeIntRegs;
2741
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002742 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002743 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2744 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002745 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002746 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002747 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2748 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002749
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002750 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002751 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002752 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002753
2754 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2755 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2756 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2757 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002758 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002759 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2760 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2761 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002762 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002763 }
2764 }
2765}
2766
2767static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2768 QualType Ty,
2769 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2770 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2771 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2772 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2773 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2774
2775 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2776 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002777 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2778 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002779 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2780 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002781 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002782 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002783 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002784 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2785 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002786 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002787 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002788 overflow_arg_area =
2789 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2790 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2791 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2792 }
2793
2794 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002795 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002796 llvm::Value *Res =
2797 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002798 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002799
2800 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2801 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2802 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2803 // an 8 byte boundary.
2804
2805 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002806 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002807 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002808 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2809 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2810 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2811
2812 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2813 return Res;
2814}
2815
2816llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2817 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2818 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2819 // struct {
2820 // i32 gp_offset;
2821 // i32 fp_offset;
2822 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2823 // i8* reg_save_area;
2824 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002825 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002826
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002827 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002828 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2829 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002830
2831 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2832 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2833 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2834 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2835
2836 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2837 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2838 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2839
2840 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2841 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2842 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2843 //
2844 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2845 // register save space).
2846
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002847 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2848 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2849 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002850 if (neededInt) {
2851 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2852 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002853 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2854 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002855 }
2856
2857 if (neededSSE) {
2858 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2859 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2860 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002861 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2862 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002863 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2864 }
2865
2866 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2867 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2868 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2869 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2870
2871 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2872
2873 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2874
2875 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2876 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2877 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2878 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2879 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2880 //
2881 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2882 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2883 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2884 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002885 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002886 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2887 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2888 "reg_save_area");
2889 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2890 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002891 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002892 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002893 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2894 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002895 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002896 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2897 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002898 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002899 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002900 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2901 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002902 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2903 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002904 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2905 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002906 llvm::Value *V =
2907 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2908 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2909 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2910 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2911
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002912 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002913 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002914 } else if (neededInt) {
2915 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2916 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002917 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002918
2919 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2920 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2921 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2922 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2923 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2924 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002925 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2926 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2927 RegAddr = Tmp;
2928 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002929 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2930 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2931 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2932 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002933 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002934 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2935 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2936 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2937 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002938 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002939 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002940 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002941 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002942 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002943 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2944 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002945 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2946 DblPtrTy));
2947 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2948 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2949 DblPtrTy));
2950 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2951 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2952 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002953 }
2954
2955 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2956 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2957 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2958 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002959 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002960 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2961 gp_offset_p);
2962 }
2963 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002964 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002965 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2966 fp_offset_p);
2967 }
2968 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2969
2970 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2971
2972 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2973 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2974
2975 // Return the appropriate result.
2976
2977 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002978 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002979 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002980 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2981 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002982 return ResAddr;
2983}
2984
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002985ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
2986 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002987
2988 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2989 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2990
2991 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2992 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2993
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002994 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
2995 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
2996 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002997
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002998 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2999 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003000 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003001 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003002 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3003 }
3004
3005 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003006 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3007
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003008 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003009 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003010 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003011 Width));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003012 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003013
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003014 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3015 // other targets.
3016 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3017 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3018 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3019 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3020 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3021 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3022 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3023 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3024 }
3025 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3026 }
3027
3028
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00003029 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00003030 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3031 // directly.
3032 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3033 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3034 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003035 }
3036
3037 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003038 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3039 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003040 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003041 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003042
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003043 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003044 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003045 }
3046
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003047 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3048 // extended.
3049 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3050 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003051 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3052
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003053 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3054}
3055
3056void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003057 bool IsVectorCall =
3058 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003059
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003060 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3061 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3062 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3063 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3064
3065 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3066 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003067 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003068 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003069}
3070
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003071llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3072 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003073 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003074
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003075 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3076 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3077 "ap");
3078 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3079 llvm::Type *PTy =
3080 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3081 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3082
3083 uint64_t Offset =
3084 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3085 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3086 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3087 "ap.next");
3088 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3089
3090 return AddrTyped;
3091}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003092
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003093// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003094namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003095/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3096class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003097public:
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003098 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3099
3100 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3101 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3102};
3103
3104class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3105public:
3106 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003107
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003108 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003109 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3110 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3111 }
3112
3113 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003114 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003115
3116 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3117 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3118 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003119};
3120
3121}
3122
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003123llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3124 QualType Ty,
3125 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3126 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3127 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3128 (void)CTy;
3129 return nullptr;
3130 }
3131
3132 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
3133 bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
3134 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3135 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3136
3137 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3138 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3139 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
3140 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
3141 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
3142 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3143 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3144 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3145 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3146 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3147 // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3148 if (isI64) {
3149 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3150 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3151 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3152 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3153 }
3154 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
3155 llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3156 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3157 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3158 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3159
3160 llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3161 Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
3162
3163 llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3164 Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3165
3166 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
3167
3168 if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3169 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3170
3171 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3172 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3173 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3174
3175 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3176
3177 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3178
3179 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3180 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3181 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3182 if (isInt) {
3183 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3184 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3185 } else {
3186 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3187 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3188 }
3189 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3190
3191 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3192
3193 // Increase the overflow area.
3194 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
3195 OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3196 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr);
3197 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3198
3199 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3200
3201 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3202 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3203 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3204
3205 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
3206 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr") ;
3207 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3208 }
3209
3210 return Result;
3211}
3212
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003213bool
3214PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3215 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3216 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3217 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3218
3219 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003220
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003221 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003222 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3223 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3224 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3225
3226 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003227 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003228
3229 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003230 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003231
3232 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3233 // 64: mq
3234 // 65: lr
3235 // 66: ctr
3236 // 67: ap
3237 // 68-75 cr0-7
3238 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003239 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003240
3241 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003242 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003243
3244 // 109: vrsave
3245 // 110: vscr
3246 // 111: spe_acc
3247 // 112: spefscr
3248 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003249 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003250
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003251 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003252}
3253
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003254// PowerPC-64
3255
3256namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003257/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3258class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003259public:
3260 enum ABIKind {
3261 ELFv1 = 0,
3262 ELFv2
3263 };
3264
3265private:
3266 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3267 ABIKind Kind;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003268
3269public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003270 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
3271 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003272
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003273 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003274 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003275
3276 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3277 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3278
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003279 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3280 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3281 uint64_t Members) const override;
3282
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003283 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3284 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3285 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3286 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3287 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3288 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003289 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003290 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3291 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003292 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003293 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3294 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003295 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003296 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003297 if (T) {
3298 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003299 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3300 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003301 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003302 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003303 continue;
3304 }
3305 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003306 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003307 }
3308 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003309
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003310 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3311 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003312};
3313
3314class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3315public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003316 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3317 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3318 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003319
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003320 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003321 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3322 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3323 }
3324
3325 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003326 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003327
3328 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3329 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors.
3330 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003331};
3332
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003333class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3334public:
3335 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3336
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003337 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003338 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3339 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3340 }
3341
3342 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003343 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003344
3345 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3346 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3347 }
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003348};
3349
3350}
3351
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003352// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3353// extended to 64 bits.
3354bool
3355PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3356 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3357 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3358 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3359
3360 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3361 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3362 return true;
3363
3364 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3365 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3366 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3367 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3368 case BuiltinType::Int:
3369 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3370 return true;
3371 default:
3372 break;
3373 }
3374
3375 return false;
3376}
3377
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003378/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3379/// alignment in the parameter area.
3380bool
3381PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3382 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3383 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3384 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3385
3386 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3387 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3388 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3389 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3390
3391 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3392 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3393 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3394 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3395 if (EltType) {
3396 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3397 if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3398 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3399 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3400 AlignAsType = EltType;
3401 }
3402
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003403 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3404 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3405 uint64_t Members = 0;
3406 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3407 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3408 AlignAsType = Base;
3409
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003410 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3411 if (AlignAsType)
3412 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3413
3414 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3415 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3416 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3417 return true;
3418
3419 return false;
3420}
3421
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003422/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3423/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3424/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003425bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3426 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003427 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3428 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3429 if (NElements == 0)
3430 return false;
3431 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3432 return false;
3433 Members *= NElements;
3434 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3435 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3436 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3437 return false;
3438
3439 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003440
3441 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3442 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3443 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3444 // Ignore empty records.
3445 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3446 continue;
3447
3448 uint64_t FldMembers;
3449 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3450 return false;
3451
3452 Members += FldMembers;
3453 }
3454 }
3455
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003456 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3457 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3458 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3459 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3460 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3461 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3462 return false;
3463 FT = AT->getElementType();
3464 }
3465 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3466 continue;
3467
3468 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3469 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3470 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3471 continue;
3472
3473 uint64_t FldMembers;
3474 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3475 return false;
3476
3477 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3478 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3479 }
3480
3481 if (!Base)
3482 return false;
3483
3484 // Ensure there is no padding.
3485 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3486 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3487 return false;
3488 } else {
3489 Members = 1;
3490 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3491 Members = 2;
3492 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3493 }
3494
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003495 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3496 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003497 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003498
3499 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3500 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3501 // treated as being equivalent here.
3502 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3503 if (!Base)
3504 Base = TyPtr;
3505
3506 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3507 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3508 return false;
3509 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003510 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3511}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003512
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003513bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3514 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3515 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3516 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3517 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3518 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3519 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3520 return true;
3521 }
3522 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3523 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128)
3524 return true;
3525 }
3526 return false;
3527}
3528
3529bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3530 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003531 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3532 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003533 uint32_t NumRegs =
3534 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003535
3536 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003537 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003538}
3539
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003540ABIArgInfo
3541PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003542 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3543
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003544 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3545 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3546
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003547 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3548 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3549 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3550 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3551 if (Size > 128)
3552 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3553 else if (Size < 128) {
3554 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3555 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3556 }
3557 }
3558
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003559 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003560 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003561 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003562
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003563 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3564 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003565
3566 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3567 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3568 uint64_t Members = 0;
3569 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3570 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3571 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3572 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3573 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3574 }
3575
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003576 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3577 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3578 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3579 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3580 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3581 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3582 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3583
3584 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3585 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3586 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3587 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3588 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3589 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3590 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3591 else {
3592 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3593 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3594 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3595 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3596 }
3597
3598 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3599 }
3600
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003601 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003602 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3603 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003604 }
3605
3606 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3607 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3608}
3609
3610ABIArgInfo
3611PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3612 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3613 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3614
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003615 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3616 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3617
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003618 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3619 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3620 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3621 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3622 if (Size > 128)
3623 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3624 else if (Size < 128) {
3625 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3626 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3627 }
3628 }
3629
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003630 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3631 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3632 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3633 uint64_t Members = 0;
3634 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3635 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3636 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3637 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3638 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3639 }
3640
3641 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3642 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3643 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3644 if (Bits == 0)
3645 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3646
3647 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3648 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3649 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003650 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003651 } else
3652 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3653 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3654 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3655 }
3656
3657 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003658 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003659 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003660
3661 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3662 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3663}
3664
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003665// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3666llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3667 QualType Ty,
3668 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3669 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3670 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3671
3672 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3673 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3674 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3675
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003676 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3677 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3678 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3679 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3680 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3681 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3682 }
3683
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003684 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3685 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3686 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3687 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003688 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003689 QualType BaseTy;
3690 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3691
3692 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3693 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3694 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3695 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3696 SizeInBytes = 16;
3697 }
3698
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003699 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3700 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3701 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3702 "ap.next");
3703 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3704
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003705 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3706 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3707 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3708 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3709 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3710 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3711 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3712 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3713 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003714 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3715 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3716 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3717 } else {
3718 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3719 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003720 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3721 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3722 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3723 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3724 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3725 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3726 "vacplx");
3727 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3728 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3729 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3730 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3731 return Ptr;
3732 }
3733
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003734 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3735 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3736 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003737 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003738 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3739 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3740 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3741 }
3742
3743 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3744 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3745}
3746
3747static bool
3748PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3749 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003750 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3751 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3752
3753 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3754
3755 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3756 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3757 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3758 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3759
3760 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3761 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3762
3763 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3764 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3765
3766 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3767 // 64: mq
3768 // 65: lr
3769 // 66: ctr
3770 // 67: ap
3771 // 68-75 cr0-7
3772 // 76: xer
3773 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3774
3775 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3776 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3777
3778 // 109: vrsave
3779 // 110: vscr
3780 // 111: spe_acc
3781 // 112: spefscr
3782 // 113: sfp
3783 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3784
3785 return false;
3786}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003787
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003788bool
3789PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3790 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3791 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3792
3793 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3794}
3795
3796bool
3797PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3798 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3799
3800 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3801}
3802
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003803//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003804// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003805//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3806
3807namespace {
3808
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003809class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003810public:
3811 enum ABIKind {
3812 AAPCS = 0,
3813 DarwinPCS
3814 };
3815
3816private:
3817 ABIKind Kind;
3818
3819public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003820 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003821
3822private:
3823 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3824 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3825
3826 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003827 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003828 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3829 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3830 uint64_t Members) const override;
3831
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003832 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3833
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00003834 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003835 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3836 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003837
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003838 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3839 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003840 }
3841
3842 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3843 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3844
3845 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3846 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3847
3848 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
NAKAMURA Takumi8c894962014-11-01 01:32:27 +00003849 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003850 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3851 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3852 }
3853};
3854
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003855class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003856public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003857 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3858 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003859
3860 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3861 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3862 }
3863
3864 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3865
3866 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3867};
3868}
3869
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003870ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003871 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3872
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003873 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3874 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3875 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3876 if (Size <= 32) {
3877 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003878 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3879 }
3880 if (Size == 64) {
3881 llvm::Type *ResType =
3882 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003883 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3884 }
3885 if (Size == 128) {
3886 llvm::Type *ResType =
3887 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003888 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3889 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003890 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3891 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003892
3893 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3894 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3895 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3896 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3897
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003898 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3899 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3900 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3901 }
3902
3903 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3904 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003905 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003906 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003907 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003908 }
3909
3910 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3911 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3912 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3913 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3914 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3915
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003916 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3917 }
3918
3919 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003920 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003921 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003922 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003923 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
3924 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003925 }
3926
3927 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3928 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3929 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003930 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003931 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003932
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003933 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3934 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003935 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003936 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3937 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3938 }
3939 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3940 }
3941
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003942 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3943}
3944
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003945ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003946 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3947 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3948
3949 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3950 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3951 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3952
3953 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3954 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3955 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3956 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3957
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003958 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3959 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3960 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003961 }
3962
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003963 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3964 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3965
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003966 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003967 uint64_t Members = 0;
3968 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003969 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3970 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3971
3972 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3973 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3974 if (Size <= 128) {
3975 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3976 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3977 }
3978
3979 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3980}
3981
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003982/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3983bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003984 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3985 // Check whether VT is legal.
3986 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3987 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3988 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3989 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3990 return true;
3991 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3992 }
3993 return false;
3994}
3995
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003996bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3997 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
3998 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
3999 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4000 // including __fp16.
4001 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4002 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4003 return true;
4004 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4005 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4006 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4007 return true;
4008 }
4009 return false;
4010}
4011
4012bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4013 uint64_t Members) const {
4014 return Members <= 4;
4015}
4016
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004017llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4018 QualType Ty,
4019 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4020 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004021 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4022
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004023 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4024 if (IsIndirect)
4025 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4026 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4027 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4028
4029 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4030 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4031 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4032 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4033 }
4034 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4035
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004036 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4037 // Standard, section B.4:
4038 //
4039 // struct {
4040 // void *__stack;
4041 // void *__gr_top;
4042 // void *__vr_top;
4043 // int __gr_offs;
4044 // int __vr_offs;
4045 // };
4046
4047 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4048 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4049 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4050 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4051 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4052
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004053 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004054 int reg_top_index;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004055 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4056 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004057 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
4058 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
4059 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4060 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004061 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004062 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004063 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
4064 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
4065 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4066 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004067 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004068 }
4069
4070 //=======================================
4071 // Find out where argument was passed
4072 //=======================================
4073
4074 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4075 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4076 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4077 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004078 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004079 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4080 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4081
4082 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4083
4084 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004085 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004086 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4087
4088 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4089 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4090 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004091 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004092 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4093
4094 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4095 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4096 "align_regoffs");
4097 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4098 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4099 "aligned_regoffs");
4100 }
4101
4102 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004103 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004104 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4105 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4106 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4107
4108 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4109 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004110 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004111 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4112 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4113
4114 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4115
4116 //=======================================
4117 // Argument was in registers
4118 //=======================================
4119
4120 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4121 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4122 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4123
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004124 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004125 reg_top_p =
4126 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
4127 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4128 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004129 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004130 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4131
4132 if (IsIndirect) {
4133 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4134 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4135 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4136 }
4137
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004138 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004139 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4140 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004141 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004142 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4143 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4144 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4145 // contiguously.
4146 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4147 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4148 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
4149 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
4150 int Offset = 0;
4151
4152 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4153 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4154 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4155 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4156 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4157 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4158 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4159 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
4160 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
4161
4162 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4163 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4164 }
4165
4166 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4167 } else {
4168 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4169 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004170 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4171 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004172 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4173 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4174 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4175
4176 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4177 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4178
4179 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4180 }
4181
4182 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4183 }
4184
4185 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4186
4187 //=======================================
4188 // Argument was on the stack
4189 //=======================================
4190 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4191
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004192 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004193 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
4194 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4195
4196 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4197 // floating-point ones might be affected.
4198 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4199 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4200
4201 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4202
4203 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4204 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4205 "align_stack");
4206 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4207 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4208 "align_stack");
4209
4210 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4211 }
4212
4213 uint64_t StackSize;
4214 if (IsIndirect)
4215 StackSize = 8;
4216 else
4217 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4218
4219 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4220 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4221
4222 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4223 llvm::Value *NewStack =
4224 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4225
4226 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4227 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4228
4229 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4230 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4231 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4232 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4233
4234 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4235 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4236
4237 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4238 }
4239
4240 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4241
4242 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4243
4244 //=======================================
4245 // Tidy up
4246 //=======================================
4247 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4248
4249 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4250 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4251 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4252
4253 if (IsIndirect)
4254 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4255
4256 return ResAddr;
4257}
4258
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004259llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004260 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4261 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4262 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4263 // other cases.
4264 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004265 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004266
4267 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4268 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4269
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004270 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004271 uint64_t Members = 0;
4272 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004273
4274 bool isIndirect = false;
4275 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4276 // be passed indirectly.
4277 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4278 isIndirect = true;
4279 Size = 8;
4280 Align = 8;
4281 }
4282
4283 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4284 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4285
4286 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4287 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4288 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4289
4290 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4291 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4292 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4293 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4294 }
4295
4296 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4297 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4298 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4299 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4300 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4301 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4302 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4303 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4304 }
4305
4306 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4307 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4308 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4309 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4310
4311 if (isIndirect)
4312 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4313 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4314 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4315
4316 return AddrTyped;
4317}
4318
4319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004320// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004321//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004322
4323namespace {
4324
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004325class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004326public:
4327 enum ABIKind {
4328 APCS = 0,
4329 AAPCS = 1,
4330 AAPCS_VFP
4331 };
4332
4333private:
4334 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004335 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4336 const unsigned NumVFPs;
4337 const unsigned NumGPRs;
4338 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4339 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004340
4341public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004342 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4343 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004344 setCCs();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004345 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004346 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004347
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004348 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004349 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4350 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4351 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004352 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004353 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004354 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004355 return true;
4356 default:
4357 return false;
4358 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004359 }
4360
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004361 bool isEABIHF() const {
4362 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4363 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4364 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4365 return true;
4366 default:
4367 return false;
4368 }
4369 }
4370
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004371 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4372
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004373private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004374 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004375 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004376 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004377 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004378
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004379 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4380 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4381 uint64_t Members) const override;
4382
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004383 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004384
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004385 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4386 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004387
4388 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4389 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004390 void setCCs();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004391
4392 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4393 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4394 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004395};
4396
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004397class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4398public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004399 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4400 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004401
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004402 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4403 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4404 }
4405
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004406 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004407 return 13;
4408 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004409
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004410 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004411 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4412 }
4413
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004414 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004415 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004416 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004417
4418 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004419 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004420 return false;
4421 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004422
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004423 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004424 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4425 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4426 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004427
4428 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004429 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004430 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4431 if (!FD)
4432 return;
4433
4434 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4435 if (!Attr)
4436 return;
4437
4438 const char *Kind;
4439 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4440 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4441 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4442 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4443 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4444 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4445 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4446 }
4447
4448 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4449
4450 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4451
4452 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4453 return;
4454
4455 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4456 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4457 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4458 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4459 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4460 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4461 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4462 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4463 B));
4464 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004465};
4466
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004467class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4468 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4469 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4470
4471public:
4472 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4473 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4474
4475 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4476 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4477};
4478
4479void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4480 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4481 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4482 return;
4483 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4484 return;
4485
4486 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4487 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4488 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4489}
4490
4491void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
4492 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4493 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
4494 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4495}
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004496}
4497
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004498void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004499 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004500 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004501 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4502 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4503 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4504 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4505 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004506 resetAllocatedRegs();
4507
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004508 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4509 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4510 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4511 } else {
4512 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4513 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004514 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004515 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4516 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004517 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004518 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4519 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004520 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004521
4522 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4523 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4524 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004525 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004526 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4527 // unusable anyway.
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004528 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4529 // backend can handle that situation correctly.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004530 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004531 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4532 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4533 StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004534 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4535 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004536 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004537 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */,
4538 0 /* offset */, PaddingTy, true);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004539 } else {
4540 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004541 PaddingTy, true);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004542 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004543 }
4544 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004545
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004546 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4547 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4548 return;
4549
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004550 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4551 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4552 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4553}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004554
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004555/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4556llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4557 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004558 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004559 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4560 else if (isEABI())
4561 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4562 else
4563 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4564}
4565
4566/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4567/// as the C calling convention.
4568llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004569 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004570 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4571 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4572 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004573 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004574 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4575}
4576
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004577void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004578 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4579
4580 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4581 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4582 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4583 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4584 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004585
4586 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4587 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004588}
4589
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004590/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4591/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004592void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4593 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004594 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004595 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4596 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4597 // the stack.
4598 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004599 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004600 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004601 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4602 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4603 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4604 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4605 bool FoundSlot = true;
4606 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4607 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4608 FoundSlot = false;
4609 break;
4610 }
4611 if (FoundSlot) {
4612 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4613 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004614 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004615 return;
4616 }
4617 }
4618 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4619 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4620 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4621 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004622 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004623}
4624
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004625/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4626/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4627/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4628void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004629 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004630 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4631
4632 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4633 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4634
4635 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4636}
4637
4638void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4639 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4640 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4641 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4642 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4643}
4644
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004645ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004646 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004647 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4648 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4649 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4650 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4651 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4652 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4653 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4654 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004655 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004656
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004657 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4658
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004659 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4660 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4661 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4662 if (Size <= 32) {
4663 llvm::Type *ResType =
4664 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004665 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004666 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004667 }
4668 if (Size == 64) {
4669 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4670 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004671 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4672 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4673 } else {
4674 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4675 IsCPRC = true;
4676 }
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004677 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004678 }
4679 if (Size == 128) {
4680 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4681 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004682 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4683 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4684 } else {
4685 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4686 IsCPRC = true;
4687 }
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004688 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004689 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004690 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004691 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4692 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004693 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004694 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4695 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4696 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4697 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4698 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4699 IsCPRC = true;
4700 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004701 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004702 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004703 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4704 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4705 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4706 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4707 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4708 IsCPRC = true;
4709 }
4710 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4711 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4712 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4713 IsCPRC = true;
4714 }
4715 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004716 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004717
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004718 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004719 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004720 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004721 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004722 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004723
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004724 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4725 if (!IsCPRC)
4726 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004727 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4728 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004729 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004730
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004731 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4732 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004733 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004734 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004735
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004736 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004737 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004738 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4739
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004740 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004741 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4742 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004743 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004744 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004745 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004746 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004747 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4748 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4749 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4750 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004751 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004752 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004753 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004754 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004755 else {
4756 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4757 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004758 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004759 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004760 IsCPRC = true;
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004761 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004762 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004763 }
4764
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004765 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004766 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4767 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4768 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004769 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4770 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4771 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4772 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4773 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004774 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004775 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4776 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4777 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4778 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4779 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004780 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004781 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004782 }
4783
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004784 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004785 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004786 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004787 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4788 // we can.
4789 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004790 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4791 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004792 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004793 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004794 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4795 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004796 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004797 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004798
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004799 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004800}
4801
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004802static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004803 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4804 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4805 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4806 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4807
4808 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4809
4810 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4811 if (Size > 32)
4812 return false;
4813
4814 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4815 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4816 return false;
4817
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004818 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4819 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4820 return false;
4821
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004822 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004823 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004824 return true;
4825
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004826 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4827 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4828 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004829
4830 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4831 // above, but they are not.
4832
4833 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4834 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4835 if (!RT) return false;
4836
4837 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4838 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4839 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4840 return false;
4841
4842 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4843 // like".
4844 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4845
4846 bool HadField = false;
4847 unsigned idx = 0;
4848 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4849 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004850 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004851
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004852 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4853 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4854 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4855 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4856 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4857 if (!RD->isUnion())
4858 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004859
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004860 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4861 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004862
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004863 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004864 }
4865
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004866 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4867 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4868 return false;
4869
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004870 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4871 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004872
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004873 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4874 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4875 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004876 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4877 if (HadField)
4878 return false;
4879
4880 HadField = true;
4881 }
4882 }
4883
4884 return true;
4885}
4886
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004887ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4888 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004889 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004890
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004891 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004893
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004894 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004895 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4896 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004897 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004898 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004899
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004900 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004901 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4902 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4903 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4904
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004905 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4906 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004907 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004908
4909 // Are we following APCS?
4910 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004911 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004912 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4913
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004914 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4915 //
4916 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4917 // correctly.
4918 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004919 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4920 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004921
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004922 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004923 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004924 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004925 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004926 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004927 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004928 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4930 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004931 }
4932
4933 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004934 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004935 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004936 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004937
4938 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4939
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004940 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004941 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4942
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004943 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004944 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004945 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004946 uint64_t Members;
4947 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004948 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004949 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004950 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004951 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004952 }
4953
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004954 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4955 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004956 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004957 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004958 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4959 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004960 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004961
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004962 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4963 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004964 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004965 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004966 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4967 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004968 }
4969
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004970 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004971 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004972}
4973
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004974/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4975bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4976 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4977 // Check whether VT is legal.
4978 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4979 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4980 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4981 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4982 return true;
4983 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4984 return Size <= 32;
4985 }
4986 return false;
4987}
4988
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004989bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4990 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4991 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4992 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4993 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4994 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4995 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4996 return true;
4997 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4998 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4999 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
5000 return true;
5001 }
5002 return false;
5003}
5004
5005bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
5006 uint64_t Members) const {
5007 return Members <= 4;
5008}
5009
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005010llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00005011 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005012 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5013 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005014
5015 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005016 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005017 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005018
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00005019 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
5020 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
5021 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5022 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5023 }
5024
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005025 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005026 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005027 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005028
5029 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
5030 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005031 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5032 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
5033 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
5034 else
5035 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005036 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5037 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
5038 IsIndirect = true;
5039 Size = 4;
5040 TyAlign = 4;
5041 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005042
5043 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005044 if (TyAlign > 4) {
5045 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
5046 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
5047 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
5048 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
5049 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005050 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005051 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005052
5053 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005054 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005055 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00005056 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005057 "ap.next");
5058 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5059
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005060 if (IsIndirect)
5061 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005062 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005063 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
5064 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
5065 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
5066 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
5067 // than the ABI alignment.
5068 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
5069 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
5070 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
5071 "var.align");
5072 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
5073 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
5074 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
5075 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
5076 TyAlign, false);
5077 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
5078 }
5079 llvm::Type *PTy =
5080 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5081 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5082
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005083 return AddrTyped;
5084}
5085
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005086//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005087// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005088//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5089
5090namespace {
5091
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005092class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005093public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005094 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005095
5096 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5097 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5098
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005099 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5100 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5101 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005102};
5103
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005104class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005105public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005106 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5107 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005108
5109 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5110 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005111private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005112 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5113 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5114 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005115};
5116
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005117ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005118 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5119 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005120
5121 // note: this is different from default ABI
5122 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5123 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5124
5125 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5126 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5127 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5128
5129 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5130 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005131}
5132
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005133ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005134 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5135 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5136 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005137
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005138 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5139 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5140 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5141
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005142 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5143 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005144}
5145
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005146void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005147 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5148 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005149 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5150 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005151
5152 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5153 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5154 return;
5155
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005156 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5157}
5158
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005159llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5160 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5161 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005162}
5163
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005164void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5165SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5166 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005167 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5168 if (!FD) return;
5169
5170 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5171
5172 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005173 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005174 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005175 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005176 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005177 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005178 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5179 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005180 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005181 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005182 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005183 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005184
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005185 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005186 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005187 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005188 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5189 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005190 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5191 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5192 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5193 }
5194 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5195 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5196 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
5197 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
5198 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
5199 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
5200 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
5201 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
5202 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
5203 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
5204 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5205 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
5206 }
5207 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005208 }
5209}
5210
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005211void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5212 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005213 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5214 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5215
5216 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5217 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5218
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005219 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5220 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5221 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5222 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005223 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5224 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5225}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005226}
5227
5228//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005229// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5230//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5231
5232namespace {
5233
5234class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5235public:
5236 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5237
5238 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5239 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5240 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5241
5242 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5243 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5244
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005245 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005246 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5247 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005248 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5249 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005250 }
5251
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005252 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5253 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005254};
5255
5256class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5257public:
5258 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5259 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5260};
5261
5262}
5263
5264bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5265 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5266 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5267 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5268
5269 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5270 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5271 return true;
5272
5273 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5274 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5275 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5276 case BuiltinType::Int:
5277 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5278 return true;
5279 default:
5280 return false;
5281 }
5282 return false;
5283}
5284
5285bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5286 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5287}
5288
5289bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5290 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5291 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5292 case BuiltinType::Float:
5293 case BuiltinType::Double:
5294 return true;
5295 default:
5296 return false;
5297 }
5298
5299 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5300 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5301 bool Found = false;
5302
5303 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5304 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005305 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5306 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005307
5308 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5309 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5310 continue;
5311
5312 if (Found)
5313 return false;
5314 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5315 if (!Found)
5316 return false;
5317 }
5318
5319 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005320 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005321 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5322 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5323 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5324 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5325 return true;
5326
5327 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5328 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5329 if (Found)
5330 return false;
5331 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5332 if (!Found)
5333 return false;
5334 }
5335
5336 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5337 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5338 return Found;
5339 }
5340
5341 return false;
5342}
5343
5344llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5345 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5346 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5347 // struct {
5348 // i64 __gpr;
5349 // i64 __fpr;
5350 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5351 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5352 // };
5353
5354 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5355 // GPRs or FPRs.
5356 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5357 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5358 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5359
5360 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5361 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5362 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5363 if (IsIndirect) {
5364 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5365 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5366 } else
5367 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5368 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5369 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5370
5371 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5372 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5373
5374 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5375 if (InFPRs) {
5376 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5377 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5378 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5379 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5380 } else {
5381 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5382 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5383 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5384 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5385 }
5386
5387 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5388 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5389 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5390 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5391 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5392 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005393 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005394
5395 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5396 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5397 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5398 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5399
5400 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5401 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5402
5403 // Work out the address of an argument register.
5404 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5405 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5406 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5407 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5408 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5409 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5410 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5411 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5412 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5413 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5414 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5415 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5416 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5417 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5418 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5419
5420 // Update the register count
5421 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5422 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5423 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5424 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5425 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5426
5427 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5428 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5429
5430 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5431 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5432 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5433 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5434 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5435 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5436 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5437 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5438 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5439 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5440
5441 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5442 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5443 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5444 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5445 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5446
5447 // Return the appropriate result.
5448 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5449 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5450 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5451 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5452
5453 if (IsIndirect)
5454 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5455
5456 return ResAddr;
5457}
5458
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005459ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5460 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5461 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5462 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5463 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5464 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5465 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5466}
5467
5468ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5469 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005470 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005471 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5472
5473 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5474 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5475 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5476
5477 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5478 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5479 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005480 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005481
5482 // Handle small structures.
5483 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5484 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5485 // fail the size test above.
5486 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5487 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005488 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005489
5490 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5491 llvm::Type *PassTy;
5492 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5493 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5494 if (Size == 32)
5495 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5496 else
5497 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5498 } else
5499 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5500 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5501 }
5502
5503 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5504 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005505 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005506
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005507 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005508}
5509
5510//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005511// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005513
5514namespace {
5515
5516class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5517public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005518 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5519 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005520 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005521 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005522};
5523
5524}
5525
5526void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5527 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5528 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5529 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5530 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5531 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5532 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5533
5534 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5535 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5536
5537 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005538 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005539
5540 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005541 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005542 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5543 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005544 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005545 }
5546}
5547
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005548//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005549// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5550// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005551//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5552
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005553namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005554class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005555 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005556 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5557 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005558 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005559 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005560 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005561 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005562public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005563 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005564 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005565 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005566
5567 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005568 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005569 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5570 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5571 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005572};
5573
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005574class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005575 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005576public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005577 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5578 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005579 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005580
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005582 return 29;
5583 }
5584
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005585 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005586 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005587 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5588 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005589 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005590 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5591 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5592 }
5593 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5594 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5595 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005596 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005597
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005598 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005599 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005600
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005601 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005602 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005603 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005604};
5605}
5606
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005607void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005608 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005609 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5610 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005611
5612 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5613 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5614 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5615
5616 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5617 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5618
5619 if (R)
5620 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005621}
5622
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005623// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5624// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005625llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005626 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5627
5628 if (IsO32) {
5629 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5630 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5631 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005632
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005633 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5634 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005635
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005636 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005637
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005638 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5639 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5640 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5641 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5642 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005643
5644 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5645 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005646 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005647
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005648 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5649 unsigned idx = 0;
5650 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5651
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005652 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5653 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005654 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5655 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005656 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005657 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5658
5659 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5660 continue;
5661
5662 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5663 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5664 continue;
5665
5666 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5667 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5668 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5669
5670 // Add double type.
5671 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5672 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5673 }
5674
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005675 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5676 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005677
5678 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5679}
5680
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005681llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5682 uint64_t Offset) const {
5683 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005684 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005685
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005686 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005687}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005688
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005689ABIArgInfo
5690MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00005691 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5692
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005693 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005694 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005695 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005696
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005697 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5698 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005699 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5700 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005701
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005702 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005703 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005704 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005705 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5706
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005707 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005708 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005709 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005710 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005711
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005712 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5713 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5714 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00005715 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5716 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5717 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5718 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5719 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005720 }
5721
5722 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5723 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5724 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5725
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00005726 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5727 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005728 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5729
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005730 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005731 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005732}
5733
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005734llvm::Type*
5735MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005736 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005737 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005738
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005739 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005740 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005741 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5742 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005743
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005744 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5745 // following conditions are met:
5746 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5747 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5748 // point types.
5749 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5750 //
5751 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5752 //
5753 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5754 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5755 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005756 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005757
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005758 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5759 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005760
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005761 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005762 }
5763
5764 if (b == e)
5765 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5766 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5767
5768 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005769 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005770 }
5771
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005772 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005773 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5774}
5775
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005776ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005777 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5778
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00005779 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5780 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5781
5782 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5783 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5784 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005785 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5786
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005787 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005788 if (Size <= 128) {
5789 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5790 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5791
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005792 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00005793 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005794 if (!IsO32 ||
5795 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5796 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5797 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5798 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5799 return ArgInfo;
5800 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005801 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005802
5803 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5804 }
5805
5806 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5807 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5808 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5809
5810 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5811 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5812}
5813
5814void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005815 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005816 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5817 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005818
5819 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005820 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005821
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005822 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5823 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005824}
5825
5826llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5827 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005828 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5829 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005830
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005831 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5832 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005833 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005834 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5835 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5836 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5837 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005838 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5839 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5840 }
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005841
5842 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5843 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5844 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Daniel Sanders8d36a612014-09-22 13:27:06 +00005845 int64_t TypeAlign =
5846 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005847 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5848 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005849 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5850
5851 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5852 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5853 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5854 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5855 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5856 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5857 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5858 }
5859 else
5860 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5861
5862 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5863 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005864 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5865 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005866 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5867 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5868 "ap.next");
5869 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5870
5871 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005872}
5873
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005874bool
5875MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5876 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5877 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5878 // as canonical as it gets.
5879
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005880 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5881 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005882 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005883
5884 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5885 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5886 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5887 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005888 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005889
5890 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5891 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5892
5893 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5894 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5895 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5896 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5897 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005898 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005899 return false;
5900}
5901
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005902//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5903// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5904// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5905// handling.
5906//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5907
5908namespace {
5909
5910class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5911public:
5912 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5913 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5914
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005915 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5916 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005917};
5918
5919void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5920 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5921 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5922 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5923 if (!FD) return;
5924
5925 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5926
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005927 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005928 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5929 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005930 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005931 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5932 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005933 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5934 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5935 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5936 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5937
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005938 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5939 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005940
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005941 Operands.push_back(
5942 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5943 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5944 Operands.push_back(
5945 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5946 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5947 Operands.push_back(
5948 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5949 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005950
5951 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5952 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5953 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005954 Operands.push_back(
5955 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005956 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5957 }
5958 }
5959 }
5960}
5961
5962}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005963
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005964//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5965// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5966//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5967
5968namespace {
5969
5970class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5971
5972
5973public:
5974 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5975
5976private:
5977
5978 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5979 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5980
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005981 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005982
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005983 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5984 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005985};
5986
5987class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5988public:
5989 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5990 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5991
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005992 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005993 return 29;
5994 }
5995};
5996
5997}
5998
5999void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006000 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6001 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006002 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6003 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006004}
6005
6006ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6007 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6008 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6009 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6010 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6011
6012 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6013 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6014 }
6015
6016 // Ignore empty records.
6017 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6018 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6019
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006020 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00006021 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006022
6023 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6024 if (Size > 64)
6025 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6026 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6027 else if (Size > 32)
6028 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6029 else if (Size > 16)
6030 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6031 else if (Size > 8)
6032 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6033 else
6034 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6035}
6036
6037ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6038 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6039 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6040
6041 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6042 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6043 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
6044
6045 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6046 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6047 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6048 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6049
6050 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6051 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6052 }
6053
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006054 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6055 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6056
6057 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6058 // are returned indirectly.
6059 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6060 if (Size <= 64) {
6061 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6062 if (Size <= 8)
6063 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6064 if (Size <= 16)
6065 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6066 if (Size <= 32)
6067 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6068 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6069 }
6070
6071 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6072}
6073
6074llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006075 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006076 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006077 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006078
6079 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6080 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
6081 "ap");
6082 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6083 llvm::Type *PTy =
6084 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
6085 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
6086
6087 uint64_t Offset =
6088 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
6089 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
6090 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
6091 "ap.next");
6092 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6093
6094 return AddrTyped;
6095}
6096
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006097//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6098// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6099//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6100
6101namespace {
6102
6103class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6104public:
6105 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6106 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6107 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6108 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6109};
6110
6111}
6112
6113void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
6114 const Decl *D,
6115 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6116 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6117 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6118 if (!FD)
6119 return;
6120
6121 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6122 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6123 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6124 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6125 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6126 }
6127
6128 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6129 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6130 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6131 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6132 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6133 }
6134}
6135
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006136
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006137//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6138// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6139// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6140//
6141// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6142// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6143// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6144//
6145// One case requires special care:
6146//
6147// struct mixed {
6148// int i;
6149// float f;
6150// };
6151//
6152// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6153// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6154// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6155// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6156//
6157// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6158//
6159// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6160// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6161// bytes.
6162//
6163namespace {
6164class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6165public:
6166 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6167
6168private:
6169 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006170 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6171 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6172 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006173
6174 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6175 // serves two purposes:
6176 //
6177 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6178 // in registers.
6179 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6180 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6181 //
6182 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6183 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6184 //
6185 struct CoerceBuilder {
6186 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6187 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6188 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6189 uint64_t Size;
6190 bool InReg;
6191
6192 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6193 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6194
6195 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6196 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6197 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6198 if (ToSize == Size)
6199 return;
6200
6201 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6202 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6203 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6204 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6205 Size = Aligned;
6206 }
6207
6208 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6209 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6210 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6211 Size += 64;
6212 }
6213
6214 // Final in-word padding.
6215 if (Size < ToSize) {
6216 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6217 Size = ToSize;
6218 }
6219 }
6220
6221 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6222 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6223 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6224 if (Offset % Bits)
6225 return;
6226 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6227 if (Bits < 64)
6228 InReg = true;
6229 pad(Offset);
6230 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6231 Size = Offset + Bits;
6232 }
6233
6234 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6235 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6236 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6238 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6239 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6240 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6241 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6242 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6243 break;
6244 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6245 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6246 break;
6247 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6248 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6249 break;
6250 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6251 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6252 break;
6253 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6254 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6255 pad(ElemOffset);
6256 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6257 Size += 64;
6258 }
6259 break;
6260 default:
6261 break;
6262 }
6263 }
6264 }
6265
6266 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6267 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6268 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
6269 return false;
6270 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
6271 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
6272 return false;
6273 return true;
6274 }
6275
6276 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6277 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6278 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6279 return Elems.front();
6280 else
6281 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6282 }
6283 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006284};
6285} // end anonymous namespace
6286
6287ABIArgInfo
6288SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6289 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6290 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6291
6292 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6293
6294 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6295 // pointer / sret pointer.
6296 if (Size > SizeLimit)
6297 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6298
6299 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6300 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6301 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6302
6303 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6304 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6305 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6306
6307 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6308 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6309 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6310
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006311 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6312 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6313 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6314 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6315
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006316 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006317 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6318 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6319 if (!StrTy)
6320 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6321
6322 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6323 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6324 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6325
6326 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6327 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6328
6329 if (CB.InReg)
6330 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6331 else
6332 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006333}
6334
6335llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6336 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006337 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6338 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6339 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6340 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6341
6342 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6343 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6344 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6345 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6346 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6347 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6348 unsigned Stride;
6349
6350 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6351 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006352 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006353 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6354
6355 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6356 Stride = 8;
6357 ArgAddr = Builder
6358 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6359 "extend");
6360 break;
6361
6362 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6363 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6364 ArgAddr = Addr;
6365 break;
6366
6367 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6368 Stride = 8;
6369 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6370 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6371 "indirect");
6372 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6373 break;
6374
6375 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6376 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6377 }
6378
6379 // Update VAList.
6380 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6381 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6382
6383 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006384}
6385
6386void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6387 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006388 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6389 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006390}
6391
6392namespace {
6393class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6394public:
6395 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6396 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006397
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006398 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006399 return 14;
6400 }
6401
6402 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006403 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006404};
6405} // end anonymous namespace
6406
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006407bool
6408SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6409 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6410 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6411 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6412
6413 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6414
6415 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6416 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6417 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6418
6419 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6420 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6421
6422 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6423 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6424
6425 // Y = 64
6426 // PSR = 65
6427 // WIM = 66
6428 // TBR = 67
6429 // PC = 68
6430 // NPC = 69
6431 // FSR = 70
6432 // CSR = 71
6433 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6434
6435 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6436 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6437
6438 return false;
6439}
6440
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006441
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006442//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006443// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006444//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006445
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006446namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006447
6448/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6449/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6450typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6451
6452/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6453///
6454/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6455/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6456/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6457///
6458/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6459/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6460/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6461/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6462/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6463/// Recursive type encoding.
6464///
6465/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6466/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6467/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6468/// the type is encountered.
6469///
6470/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6471/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6472/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6473/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6474/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6475///
6476/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6477/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6478/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6479/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6480/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6481///
6482/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6483///
6484/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6485/// cached encoding is used;
6486///
6487/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6488/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6489///
6490/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6491/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6492///
6493/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6494/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6495/// it is swapped back in;
6496///
6497/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6498/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6499/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6500///
6501/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6502/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6503/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6504/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6505///
6506class TypeStringCache {
6507 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6508 struct Entry {
6509 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6510 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6511 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6512 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6513 };
6514 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6515 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6516 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6517public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006518 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006519 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6520 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6521 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6522 bool IsRecursive);
6523 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6524};
6525
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006526/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006527/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6528class FieldEncoding {
6529 bool HasName;
6530 std::string Enc;
6531public:
6532 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6533 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6534 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6535 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6536 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6537 }
6538};
6539
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006540class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6541public:
6542 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006543 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6544 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006545};
6546
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006547class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006548 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006549public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006550 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006551 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006552 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6553 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006554};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006555
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006556} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006557
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006558llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6559 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006560 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006561
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006562 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006563 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6564 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6565 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006566
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006567 // Handle the argument.
6568 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6569 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6570 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6571 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006572 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006573 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006574 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006575 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006576 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006577 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006578 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6579 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006580 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6581 ArgSize = 0;
6582 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006583 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6584 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006585 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6586 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6587 if (ArgSize < 4)
6588 ArgSize = 4;
6589 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006590 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6591 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6592 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6593 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006594 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6595 ArgSize = 4;
6596 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006597 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006598
6599 // Increment the VAList.
6600 if (ArgSize) {
6601 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6602 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6603 }
6604 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006605}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006606
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006607/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6608/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6609/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6610/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6611/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6612void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6613 std::string StubEnc) {
6614 if (!ID)
6615 return;
6616 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6617 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6618 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6619 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6620 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6621 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6622 E.State = Incomplete;
6623 ++IncompleteCount;
6624}
6625
6626/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6627/// must be removed from the cache.
6628/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6629/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6630bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6631 if (!ID)
6632 return false;
6633 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6634 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6635 Entry &E = I->second;
6636 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6637 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6638 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6639 bool IsRecursive = false;
6640 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6641 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6642 IsRecursive = true;
6643 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6644 }
6645 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6646 Map.erase(I);
6647 else {
6648 // Swap the Recursive back.
6649 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6650 E.Swapped.clear();
6651 E.State = Recursive;
6652 }
6653 --IncompleteCount;
6654 return IsRecursive;
6655}
6656
6657/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6658/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6659void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6660 bool IsRecursive) {
6661 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6662 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6663 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6664 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6665 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6666 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6667 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6668 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6669 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6670 return;
6671 }
6672 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6673 E.Str = Str.str();
6674 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6675}
6676
6677/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6678/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6679/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6680StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6681 if (!ID)
6682 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6683 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6684 if (I == Map.end())
6685 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6686 Entry &E = I->second;
6687 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6688 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6689
6690 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6691 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6692 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6693 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6694 }
6695 return E.Str.c_str();
6696}
6697
6698/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6699/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6700/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6701/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6702/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6703/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6704///
6705/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6706/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6707/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6708/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6709///
6710static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6711 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6712
6713/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6714void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6715 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6716 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6717 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6718 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006719 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6720 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006721 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6722 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6723 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6724 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6725 }
6726}
6727
6728static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6729 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6730 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6731
6732/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6733/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6734static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6735 const RecordDecl *RD,
6736 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6737 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006738 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006739 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6740 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006741 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006742 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006743 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006744 Enc += "b(";
6745 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6746 OS.resync();
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006747 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006748 OS.flush();
6749 Enc += ':';
6750 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006751 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006752 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006753 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006754 Enc += ')';
6755 Enc += '}';
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006756 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006757 }
6758 return true;
6759}
6760
6761/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6762/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6763/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6764static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6765 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6766 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6767 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6768 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6769 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6770 Enc += TypeString;
6771 return true;
6772 }
6773
6774 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6775 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6776 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6777 Enc += '(';
6778 if (ID)
6779 Enc += ID->getName();
6780 Enc += "){";
6781
6782 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6783 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006784 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6785 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6786 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6787 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6788 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006789 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006790 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6791 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6792 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6793 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6794 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6795 return false;
6796 }
6797 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6798 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6799 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6800 if (RT->isUnionType())
6801 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006802 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6803 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006804 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6805 if (I)
6806 Enc += ',';
6807 Enc += FE[I].str();
6808 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006809 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006810 Enc += '}';
6811 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6812 return true;
6813}
6814
6815/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6816static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6817 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6818 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6819 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6820 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6821 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6822 Enc += TypeString;
6823 return true;
6824 }
6825
6826 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6827 Enc += "e(";
6828 if (ID)
6829 Enc += ID->getName();
6830 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006831
6832 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006833 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006834 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6835 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6836 ++I) {
6837 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6838 EnumEnc += "m(";
6839 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6840 EnumEnc += "){";
6841 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6842 EnumEnc += '}';
6843 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6844 }
6845 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6846 unsigned E = FE.size();
6847 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6848 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006849 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006850 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006851 }
6852 }
6853 Enc += '}';
6854 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6855 return true;
6856}
6857
6858/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6859/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6860static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6861 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6862 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6863 int Lookup = 0;
6864 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6865 Lookup += 1<<0;
6866 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6867 Lookup += 1<<1;
6868 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6869 Lookup += 1<<2;
6870 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6871}
6872
6873/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6874static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6875 const char *EncType;
6876 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6877 case BuiltinType::Void:
6878 EncType = "0";
6879 break;
6880 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6881 EncType = "b";
6882 break;
6883 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6884 EncType = "uc";
6885 break;
6886 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6887 EncType = "uc";
6888 break;
6889 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6890 EncType = "sc";
6891 break;
6892 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6893 EncType = "us";
6894 break;
6895 case BuiltinType::Short:
6896 EncType = "ss";
6897 break;
6898 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6899 EncType = "ui";
6900 break;
6901 case BuiltinType::Int:
6902 EncType = "si";
6903 break;
6904 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6905 EncType = "ul";
6906 break;
6907 case BuiltinType::Long:
6908 EncType = "sl";
6909 break;
6910 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6911 EncType = "ull";
6912 break;
6913 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6914 EncType = "sll";
6915 break;
6916 case BuiltinType::Float:
6917 EncType = "ft";
6918 break;
6919 case BuiltinType::Double:
6920 EncType = "d";
6921 break;
6922 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6923 EncType = "ld";
6924 break;
6925 default:
6926 return false;
6927 }
6928 Enc += EncType;
6929 return true;
6930}
6931
6932/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6933static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6934 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6935 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6936 Enc += "p(";
6937 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6938 return false;
6939 Enc += ')';
6940 return true;
6941}
6942
6943/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006944static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6945 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006946 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6947 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6948 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6949 return false;
6950 Enc += "a(";
6951 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6952 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6953 else
6954 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6955 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006956 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6957 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006958 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6959 return false;
6960 Enc += ')';
6961 return true;
6962}
6963
6964/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6965/// and the arguments.
6966static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6967 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6968 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6969 Enc += "f{";
6970 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6971 return false;
6972 Enc += "}(";
6973 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6974 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6975 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6976 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6977 if (I != E) {
6978 do {
6979 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6980 return false;
6981 ++I;
6982 if (I != E)
6983 Enc += ',';
6984 } while (I != E);
6985 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6986 Enc += ",va";
6987 } else {
6988 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6989 Enc += "va";
6990 else
6991 Enc += '0';
6992 }
6993 }
6994 Enc += ')';
6995 return true;
6996}
6997
6998/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6999/// type encodings.
7000static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7001 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7002 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7003
7004 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7005
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007006 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7007 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7008 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7009 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7010
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007011 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7012
7013 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7014 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7015
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007016 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7017 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7018
7019 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7020 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7021
7022 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7023 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7024
7025 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7026 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7027
7028 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7029 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7030
7031 return false;
7032}
7033
7034static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7035 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7036 if (!D)
7037 return false;
7038
7039 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7040 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7041 return false;
7042 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7043 }
7044
7045 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7046 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7047 return false;
7048 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7049 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7050 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007051 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7052 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7053 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007054 }
7055 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7056 }
7057 return false;
7058}
7059
7060
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007061//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7062// Driver code
7063//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7064
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007065const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7066 return getTarget().getTriple();
7067}
7068
7069bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7070 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7071}
7072
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007073const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007074 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7075 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007076
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007077 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007078 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007079 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007080 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007081
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007082 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7083 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007084 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7085 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007086 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7087
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007088 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7089 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007090 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7091
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007092 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007093 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007094 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007095 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007096 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007097
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007098 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007099 }
7100
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007101 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007102 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007103 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007104 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007105 {
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00007106 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7107 TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7108 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7109 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7110 }
7111
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007112 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007113 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007114 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007115 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007116 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7117 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007118 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7119
Derek Schuff71658bd2015-01-29 00:47:04 +00007120 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007121 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007122
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007123 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007124 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007125 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007126 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007127 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007128 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7129 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7130
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007131 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7132 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7133 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007134 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007135 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007136 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007137 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007138 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
7139 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7140
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007141 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7142 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7143 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007144
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007145 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7146 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007147 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007148
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007149 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007150 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007151
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007152 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
7153 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7154
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007155 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7156 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7157
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007158 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007159 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7160 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7161 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007162 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007163
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007164 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00007165 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00007166 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007167 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7168 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00007169 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007170 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007171 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007172 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7173 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7174 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00007175 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007176 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007177 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007178
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007179 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007180 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007181
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007182 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7183 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007184 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7185 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00007186 case llvm::Triple::PS4:
7187 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007188 default:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007189 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7190 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007191 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007192 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007193 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7194 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007195 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7196 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007197 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7198 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007199 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7200 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007201 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007202 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007203 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007204}